الفرق بين المراجعتين لصفحة: «وحدة:Citation/CS1»
اذهب إلى التنقل
اذهب إلى البحث
(hyphen_to_dash() fix;) |
ط (مراجعة واحدة) |
||
سطر ١: | سطر ١: | ||
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local languagescode = require('وحدة:Citation/CS1/lang') -- to change language name from en,fr to arabic . | |||
local fetchName = require('وحدة:لغات').getname -- to fix language name. | |||
local check_date = require('وحدة:Citation/CS1/dates').check_date -- to change dates format to arabic date | |||
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | |||
date_name_xlate | |||
local | local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | ||
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink, | |||
strip_apostrophe_markup; | |||
local | local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | ||
local | |||
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers | |||
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS | |||
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration | local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration | ||
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist | local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist | ||
--[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- | |||
--[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- | |||
other modules; | |||
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here | |||
and used here | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local added_deprecated_cat; -- | |||
local | local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once | ||
local added_vanc_errs; -- | local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats | ||
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category | |||
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table | local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table | ||
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ | --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
سطر ٣٩: | سطر ٥٠: | ||
local i = 1; | local i = 1; | ||
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list | while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list | ||
if | if is_set( list[i] ) then | ||
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member | return list[i]; -- return the first set list member | ||
end | end | ||
i = i + 1; -- point to next | i = i + 1; -- point to next | ||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- | |||
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. | |||
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages | |||
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. | |||
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above | |||
]] | |||
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) | |||
if not added_prop_cats [key] then | |||
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category | |||
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?[%a%-]*', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname | |||
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٥٢: | سطر ٨٣: | ||
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. | To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. | ||
added_vanc_errs is a | added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local function add_vanc_error (source | local function add_vanc_error (source) | ||
if added_vanc_errs then | if not added_vanc_errs then | ||
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
سطر ٦٦: | سطر ٩٧: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ | --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
does this thing that purports to be a | does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it | ||
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: | is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: | ||
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a | Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a | ||
سطر ٨٩: | سطر ١٢٠: | ||
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; | Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; | ||
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] | see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] | ||
list of | list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db | ||
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between | |||
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. | the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. | ||
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported | Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported | ||
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the | domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld | ||
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a | is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped | ||
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained | here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. | ||
There are several tests: | There are several tests: | ||
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit | the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit | ||
internationalized domain name ( | internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 | ||
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs | single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs | ||
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD | q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD | ||
سطر ١١١: | سطر ١٤٢: | ||
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed | IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed | ||
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and | returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false | ||
]=] | ]=] | ||
سطر ١٢٦: | سطر ١٥٧: | ||
end | end | ||
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at | if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at wikisource | ||
return false; | return false; | ||
end | end | ||
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like | local patterns = { -- patterns that look like urls | ||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld | '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld | ||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix | '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix | ||
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) | '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) | ||
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) | '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) | ||
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and | '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) | ||
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and | '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and tld | ||
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address | '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address | ||
} | } | ||
سطر ١٤٢: | سطر ١٧٣: | ||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list | for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list | ||
if domain:match (pattern) then | if domain:match (pattern) then | ||
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a | return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a url is a url | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٥٧: | سطر ١٨٨: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ | --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a | returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. | ||
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that | This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that | ||
سطر ١٦٦: | سطر ١٩٧: | ||
local function is_url (scheme, domain) | local function is_url (scheme, domain) | ||
if | if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain | ||
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); | return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); | ||
else | else | ||
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when | return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٧٦: | سطر ٢٠٧: | ||
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ | --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
Split a | Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. | ||
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following | First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). | ||
If protocol | If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. | ||
When not protocol | When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one | ||
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. | or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. | ||
Strip off any port and path; | Strip off any port and path; | ||
سطر ١٩٧: | سطر ٢٢٥: | ||
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') | url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') | ||
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol | if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url | ||
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') | domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') | ||
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name | elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name | ||
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions | scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions | ||
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; | |||
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then | |||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message | |||
end | end | ||
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present | domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present | ||
سطر ٢٢٠: | سطر ٢٤٢: | ||
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- | ||
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= | checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls | ||
Link parameters are to hold the title of a | Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: | ||
# < > [ ] | { } _ | # < > [ ] | { } _ | ||
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki | except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links | ||
returns false when the value contains any of these characters. | returns false when the value contains any of these characters. | ||
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid | When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the | ||
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid | |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). | ||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ٢٣٩: | سطر ٢٦١: | ||
end | end | ||
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from | scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; | ||
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid | return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٤٨: | سطر ٢٧٠: | ||
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. | Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. | ||
|<title>= may be | |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when | ||
that condition exists | that condition exists | ||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ٢٥٨: | سطر ٢٧٧: | ||
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) | local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) | ||
local orig; | local orig; | ||
if | |||
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value | |||
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup | if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup | ||
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter | orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter | ||
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup | elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup | ||
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter | orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (orig) then | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٨٥: | سطر ٢٩٦: | ||
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. | Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. | ||
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the | First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain | ||
portions, or for protocol | portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two | ||
portions of the | portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. | ||
Because it is different from a standard | Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links | ||
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name | that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name | ||
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 | is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 | ||
سطر ٢٩٦: | سطر ٣٠٧: | ||
local function check_url( url_str ) | local function check_url( url_str ) | ||
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper | if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url | ||
return false; | return false; | ||
end | end | ||
local scheme, domain; | local scheme, domain; | ||
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from | scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; | ||
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups | if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups | ||
سطر ٣٠٧: | سطر ٣١٨: | ||
end | end | ||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid | return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣١٤: | سطر ٣٢٥: | ||
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first | Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first | ||
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a | non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks | ||
that use protocol | that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. | ||
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki | The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that | ||
find bracketed | find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, | ||
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] | and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] | ||
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. | is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. | ||
سطر ٣٢٧: | سطر ٣٣٨: | ||
local scheme, domain; | local scheme, domain; | ||
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext | if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] | ||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); | ||
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol | elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] | ||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); | ||
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare | elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text | ||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); | ||
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol | elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text | ||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain | ||
else | else | ||
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a | return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url | ||
end | end | ||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid | return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٥٢: | سطر ٣٦٣: | ||
local error_message = ''; | local error_message = ''; | ||
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list | for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list | ||
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a | if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message | ||
if | if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... | ||
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator | error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator | ||
end | end | ||
error_message = error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter | error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٧٣: | سطر ٣٨٤: | ||
local function safe_for_url( str ) | local function safe_for_url( str ) | ||
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then | if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٩٥: | سطر ٤٠٦: | ||
local base_url; | local base_url; | ||
if not | if not is_set( label ) then | ||
label = URL; | label = URL; | ||
if | if is_set( source ) then | ||
error_str = | error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); | ||
else | else | ||
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); | error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); | ||
سطر ٤٠٤: | سطر ٤١٥: | ||
end | end | ||
if not check_url( URL ) then | if not check_url( URL ) then | ||
error_str = | error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; | ||
end | end | ||
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the | domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path | ||
if path then -- if there is a path portion | if path then -- if there is a path portion | ||
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); | path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values | ||
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble | URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble | ||
end | end | ||
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a | base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url | ||
if | if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) | ||
base_url = | base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٤٢٩: | سطر ٤٤٠: | ||
parameters in the citation. | parameters in the citation. | ||
added_deprecated_cat is a | added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above | ||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ٤٣٦: | سطر ٤٤٧: | ||
if not added_deprecated_cat then | if not added_deprecated_cat then | ||
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category | added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
--[[ | --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- | ||
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote | |||
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. | |||
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: | |||
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" | |||
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) | |||
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. | |||
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter | |||
Replaces | |||
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. | quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. | ||
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc | Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. | ||
]=] | ]=] | ||
local function kern_quotes (str) | local function kern_quotes (str) | ||
local cap = ''; | local cap=''; | ||
local cap2 = ''; | local cap2=''; | ||
local wl_type, label, link; | local wl_type, label, link; | ||
wl_type, label, link = | wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] | ||
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks | if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks | ||
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks | if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks | ||
str = | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); | ||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks | elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks | ||
str = | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); | ||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks | elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks | ||
str = | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); | ||
end | end | ||
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable | else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable | ||
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) | label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) | ||
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) | label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) | ||
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) | cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) | ||
if | if is_set (cap) then | ||
label = | label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); | ||
end | end | ||
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) | cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) | ||
if | if is_set (cap) then | ||
label = | label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); | ||
end | end | ||
if 2 == wl_type then | if 2 == wl_type then | ||
str = | str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink | ||
else | else | ||
str = label; | str = label; | ||
سطر ٥١٧: | سطر ٥١١: | ||
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- | ||
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin | |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should | ||
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped | not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped | ||
in italic markup. | in italic markup. | ||
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate | Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. | ||
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character | |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: | ||
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) | |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) | ||
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: | Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: | ||
سطر ٥٣١: | سطر ٥٢٥: | ||
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** | Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** | ||
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid | The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can | ||
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute | know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute | ||
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. | is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. | ||
سطر ٥٤٤: | سطر ٥٣٨: | ||
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix | if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix | ||
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script | lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script | ||
if not | if not is_set (lang) then | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message | ||
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string | return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string | ||
end | end | ||
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script | -- if we get this far we have prefix and script | ||
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize | --name = fetchName( lang, "al" ) or cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize | ||
if | name = fetchName( lang, "al" ) | ||
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? | |||
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script | script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script | ||
-- is prefix one of these language codes? | -- is prefix one of these language codes? | ||
if | if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then | ||
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) | |||
else | else | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message | ||
end | end | ||
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute | lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute | ||
else | else | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message | ||
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string | lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string | ||
end | end | ||
else | else | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message | ||
end | end | ||
script_value = | script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl | ||
return script_value; | return script_value; | ||
سطر ٥٧٩: | سطر ٥٧٤: | ||
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) | local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) | ||
if | if is_set (script) then | ||
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang | script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error | ||
if | if is_set (script) then | ||
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title | title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٥٩٨: | سطر ٥٩٣: | ||
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) | local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) | ||
if not | if not is_set( str ) then | ||
return ""; | return ""; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٦٠٤: | سطر ٥٩٩: | ||
local msg; | local msg; | ||
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before | msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before | ||
return | return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text | ||
else | else | ||
return | return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- | --[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >---------------------------------------- | ||
makes a wikisource url from wikisource interwiki link. returns the url and appropriate label; nil else. | |||
label; nil else. | |||
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= | str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= | ||
سطر ٦٢٥: | سطر ٦١٩: | ||
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); | local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); | ||
wl_type, D, L = | wl_type, D, L = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) | ||
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= | if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= | ||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | ||
if | if is_set (str) then | ||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a | ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url | ||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | ||
str, -- article title | str, -- article title | ||
}); | }); | ||
ws_label = str; -- label for the | ws_label = str; -- label for the url | ||
end | end | ||
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] | elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] | ||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | ||
if | if is_set (str) then | ||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a | ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url | ||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | ||
str, -- article title | str, -- article title | ||
}); | }); | ||
ws_label = str; -- label for the | ws_label = str; -- label for the url | ||
end | end | ||
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) | elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) | ||
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | ||
if | if is_set (str) then | ||
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link | ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link | ||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a | ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url | ||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | ||
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink | str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink | ||
سطر ٦٥٥: | سطر ٦٤٩: | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if ws_url then | if ws_url then | ||
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable | ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable url | ||
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent | ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker | ||
end | end | ||
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper | return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper url or nil and a label or nil | ||
end | end | ||
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-------------------------------------------- | ||
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, | Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta- | ||
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. | parameter. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ٦٧٥: | سطر ٦٦٩: | ||
local periodical_error = ''; | local periodical_error = ''; | ||
if not | if not is_set (periodical) then | ||
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | ||
else | else | ||
periodical = | periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style | ||
end | end | ||
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang | periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | ||
if | if is_set (trans_periodical) then | ||
trans_periodical = | trans_periodical = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); | ||
if | if is_set (periodical) then | ||
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; | periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; | ||
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical | else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical | ||
periodical = trans_periodical; | periodical = trans_periodical; | ||
periodical_error = ' ' .. | periodical_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٦٩٧: | سطر ٦٩١: | ||
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- | ||
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, | Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- | ||
and |chapter-url= into a single | parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). | ||
for error messages). | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local function format_chapter_title ( | local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) | ||
local chapter_error = ''; | local chapter_error = ''; | ||
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource | local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource url and label from a wikisource interwiki link | ||
if ws_url then | if ws_url then | ||
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); | ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters | ||
chapter = ws_label; | chapter = ws_label; | ||
end | end | ||
if not | if not is_set (chapter) then | ||
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | ||
else | else | ||
if false == no_quotes then | if false == no_quotes then | ||
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from | chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks | ||
chapter = | chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, | chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | ||
if | if is_set (chapterurl) then | ||
chapter = external_link ( | chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate | ||
elseif ws_url then | elseif ws_url then | ||
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? | chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? | ||
chapter = | chapter = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (transchapter) then | ||
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); | |||
if | if is_set (chapter) then | ||
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. | chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; | ||
else -- here when | else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter | ||
chapter = | chapter = transchapter; | ||
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); | |||
chapter_error = ' ' .. | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٧٤٧: | سطر ٧٣٩: | ||
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- | --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- | ||
This function searches a parameter's value for | This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the | ||
The search stops at the first match. | first match. | ||
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the | This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. | ||
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers | Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) | ||
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. | and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). | ||
See also coins_cleanup(). | |||
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the | Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker | ||
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, | that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the | ||
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. | parameter value. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ٧٦٦: | سطر ٧٥٧: | ||
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) | local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) | ||
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker | local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker | ||
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned | |||
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker | local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker | ||
local stripmarker; | local i=1; | ||
local stripmarker, apostrophe; | |||
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- | |||
if capture == v then -- if same there are no | capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true | ||
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters | |||
return; | return; | ||
end | end | ||
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do | |||
local | local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name | ||
local pattern = | local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it | ||
position, | position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern | ||
if position and ( | if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character | ||
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- | if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts | ||
position = nil; -- unset position | position = nil; -- unset position | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٧٨٩: | سطر ٧٨٠: | ||
if position then | if position then | ||
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) | if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) | ||
('templatestyles' == capture and | ('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters | ||
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag | stripmarker = true; -- set a flag | ||
elseif true == stripmarker and | elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker | ||
position = nil; -- unset | position = nil; -- unset | ||
else | else | ||
local err_msg; | local err_msg; | ||
if capture | if capture then | ||
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. | err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; | ||
else | else | ||
err_msg = | err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; | ||
end | end | ||
table.insert (z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
return; -- and done with this parameter | return; -- and done with this parameter | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
i=i+1; -- bump our index | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- | --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- | ||
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined | Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that | ||
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to | multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. | ||
single internal variable. | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local function argument_wrapper ( args ) | local function argument_wrapper( args ) | ||
local origin = {}; | local origin = {}; | ||
return setmetatable({ | return setmetatable({ | ||
ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) | ORIGIN = function( self, k ) | ||
local dummy = self[k]; | local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. | ||
return origin[k]; | return origin[k]; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٨٣٥: | سطر ٨٢٦: | ||
if type( list ) == 'table' then | if type( list ) == 'table' then | ||
v, origin[k] = | v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); | ||
if origin[k] == nil then | if origin[k] == nil then | ||
origin[k] = ''; | origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil | ||
end | end | ||
elseif list ~= nil then | elseif list ~= nil then | ||
سطر ٨٤٩: | سطر ٨٤٠: | ||
-- Empty strings, not nil; | -- Empty strings, not nil; | ||
if v == nil then | if v == nil then | ||
-- v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; | |||
v = ''; | v = ''; | ||
origin[k] = ''; | origin[k] = ''; | ||
سطر ٨٦٠: | سطر ٨٥٢: | ||
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- | ||
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. | When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is | ||
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: | MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY | ||
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY | |||
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. | DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. | ||
سطر ٨٧١: | سطر ٨٦٢: | ||
local function nowrap_date (date) | local function nowrap_date (date) | ||
local cap = ''; | local cap=''; | ||
local cap2 = ''; | local cap2=''; | ||
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then | if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then | ||
date = | date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); | ||
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then | elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then | ||
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); | cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); | ||
date = | date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٨٨٦: | سطر ٨٧٧: | ||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- | ||
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including | This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. | ||
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the | Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). | ||
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation | |||
(|type=none). | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) | local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) | ||
if | if is_set(title_type) then | ||
title_type = | if cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] == 'none' then | ||
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed | |||
end | end | ||
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value | return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value | ||
سطر ٩٠٩: | سطر ٨٩٩: | ||
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- | ||
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate | Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are | ||
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: | returned unmodified. These forms are modified: | ||
letter - letter (A - B) | letter - letter (A - B) | ||
digit - digit (4-5) | digit - digit (4-5) | ||
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) | digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) | ||
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and | letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) | ||
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) | |||
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and | |||
any other forms are returned unmodified. | any other forms are returned unmodified. | ||
سطر ٩٢٦: | سطر ٩١٤: | ||
local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) | local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) | ||
if not | if not is_set (str) then | ||
return str; | return str; | ||
end | end | ||
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str | |||
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else | |||
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split | return str; -- nothing to do, we're done | ||
str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace | end | ||
str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character | str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split | ||
str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace html numeric entity with hyphen character | |||
str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character | |||
local out = {}; | local out = {}; | ||
سطر ٩٤١: | سطر ٩٣١: | ||
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list | for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list | ||
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators | |||
if | |||
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) | if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) | ||
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) | item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) | ||
سطر ٩٥٠: | سطر ٩٣٩: | ||
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters | item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters | ||
else | else | ||
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous | item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup | |||
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table | table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table | ||
end | end | ||
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. | Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. | ||
سطر ٩٧٤: | سطر ٩٥٧: | ||
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) | local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) | ||
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of ' | local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character' | ||
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte | if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions | ||
f.gsub = string.gsub | f.gsub=string.gsub | ||
f.match = string.match | f.match=string.match | ||
f.sub = string.sub | f.sub=string.sub | ||
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions | else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions | ||
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub | f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub | ||
f.match = mw.ustring.match | f.match=mw.ustring.match | ||
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub | f.sub=mw.ustring.sub | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٩٩٥: | سطر ٩٧٨: | ||
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) | str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) | ||
elseif value ~= '' then | elseif value ~= '' then | ||
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- | if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. | ||
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove | comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) | ||
else | else | ||
comp = value; | comp = value; | ||
end | end | ||
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc | -- typically duplicate_char is sepc | ||
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? | if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? | ||
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the | -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the | ||
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc | -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? | ||
trim = false; | trim = false; | ||
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string | end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string | ||
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" | -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? | ||
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator | if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator | ||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); | str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it | ||
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be | elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup | ||
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then | if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' | ||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' | str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' | ||
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' | elseif f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' | ||
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? | trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? | ||
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' | elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' | ||
trim = true; -- same question | trim = true; -- same question | ||
end | end | ||
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be | elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup | ||
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then | if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink | ||
trim = true; | trim = true; | ||
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link | elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link | ||
trim = true; | trim = true; | ||
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link | elseif f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link | ||
trim = true; | trim = true; | ||
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. | elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. | ||
trim = true; | trim = true; | ||
end | end | ||
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space | elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space | ||
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> | if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> | ||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); | str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if trim then | if trim then | ||
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains | if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup | ||
local dup2 = duplicate_char; | local dup2 = duplicate_char; | ||
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it | if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it | ||
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows | value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup | ||
else | else | ||
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character | value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character | ||
سطر ١٬٠٤٤: | سطر ١٬٠٢٧: | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string | str = str .. value; --add it to the output string | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٠٥١: | سطر ١٬٠٣٤: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range | returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. | ||
Puncutation not allowed. | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local function is_suffix (suffix) | local function is_suffix (suffix) | ||
if | if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then | ||
return true; | return true; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٠٦٦: | سطر ١٬٠٤٨: | ||
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- | --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- | ||
For Vancouver | For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name | ||
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical | uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. | ||
marks, those characters are to | When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. | ||
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that | These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. | ||
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. | |||
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined | This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets | ||
in the four Unicode Latin character sets | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A | ||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF | ||
سطر ١٬٠٨٢: | سطر ١٬٠٦١: | ||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F | ||
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. | |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | ||
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods | |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods | ||
This original test: | This original test: | ||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") | if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then | ||
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. | |||
was written | The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary | ||
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has | to use an external editor to maintain this code. | ||
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes | |||
of the | |||
to maintain this code. | |||
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) | \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) | ||
سطر ١٬١٠٢: | سطر ١٬٠٧٧: | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first | local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) | ||
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it | |||
if is_set (suffix) then | |||
if | |||
if not is_suffix (suffix) then | if not is_suffix (suffix) then | ||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix | add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); | ||
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix | return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬١١٧: | سطر ١٬٠٨٨: | ||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or | if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or | ||
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then | nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then | ||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin | add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin character']); | ||
return false; -- not a string of | return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization | ||
end; | end; | ||
return true; | return true; | ||
سطر ١٬١٢٦: | سطر ١٬٠٩٧: | ||
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ | --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ | ||
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list- | Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. | ||
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. | Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. | ||
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. | |||
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc | Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. | ||
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. | This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. | ||
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format | |||
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. | |||
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the | This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local function reduce_to_initials(first | local function reduce_to_initials(first) | ||
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); | local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); | ||
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix | if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix | ||
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just | name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬١٥٤: | سطر ١٬١٢١: | ||
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do | return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do | ||
else | else | ||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix | add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message | ||
return first; -- and return first unmolested | return first; -- and return first unmolested | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬١٧٧: | سطر ١٬١٤٤: | ||
end | end | ||
if 3 > i then | if 3 > i then | ||
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); | table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table | ||
end | end | ||
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter | i = i+1; -- bump the counter | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬١٨٦: | سطر ١٬١٥٣: | ||
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- | ||
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local function list_people (control, people, etal) | local function list_people(control, people, etal) | ||
local sep; | local sep; | ||
local namesep; | local namesep; | ||
local format = control.format | local format = control.format | ||
local maximum = control.maximum; | local maximum = control.maximum | ||
local | local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; | ||
local text = {} | |||
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? | if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? | ||
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between | sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma | ||
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space | namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space | ||
lastauthoramp = nil; -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style | |||
else | else | ||
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between | sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon | ||
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> | namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> | ||
end | end | ||
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end | if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end | ||
if | if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors | ||
for i, person in ipairs (people) do | for i,person in ipairs(people) do | ||
if | if is_set(person.last) then | ||
local mask = person.mask | local mask = person.mask | ||
local one | local one | ||
local sep_one = sep; | local sep_one = sep; | ||
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then | |||
if | |||
etal = true; | etal = true; | ||
break; | break; | ||
elseif (mask ~= nil) then | |||
local n = tonumber(mask) | |||
if (n ~= nil) then | |||
local n = tonumber (mask) | one = string.rep("—",n) | ||
if n then | else | ||
one = | one = mask; | ||
sep_one = " "; | |||
else | |||
one = mask; | |||
sep_one = " "; | |||
end | end | ||
else | else | ||
one = person.last | one = person.last | ||
local first = person.first | local first = person.first | ||
if | if is_set(first) then | ||
if ("vanc" == format) then | if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format | ||
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | ||
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first | if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested | ||
first = reduce_to_initials (first | first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٢٥٠: | سطر ١٬٢٠٨: | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (person.link) then | ||
one = | one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor | ||
end | end | ||
table.insert (text, one) | |||
table.insert (text, sep_one) | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
local count = # | local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 | ||
if 0 | if count > 0 then | ||
if 1 | if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then | ||
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text | |||
end | end | ||
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator | |||
end | end | ||
local result = table.concat ( | local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list | ||
if etal and | if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list | ||
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've | result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. | ||
end | end | ||
return result, count | return result, count | ||
end | end | ||
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise | --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
returns an empty string. | |||
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. | |||
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that | namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. | ||
order. year is Year or anchor_year. | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local function | local function anchor_id (namelist, year) | ||
local names={}; | local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year | ||
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do | for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names | ||
names[i] = v.last | names[i] = v.last | ||
if i == 4 then break end | if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done | ||
end | end | ||
table.insert (names, year); | table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end | ||
local id = table.concat(names); | local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id | ||
if | if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string | ||
return "CITEREF" .. id; | return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion | ||
else | else | ||
return ''; | return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- | ||
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc | Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, | ||
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and | the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. | ||
the function returns the modified name and the flag. | |||
This function never sets the flag to false but returns | This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by | ||
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated | previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter | ||
|display-<names>=etal parameter | |||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ١٬٣٢٤: | سطر ١٬٢٦٩: | ||
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) | local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) | ||
if | if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return | ||
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; | local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration | ||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns | for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns | ||
سطر ١٬٣٣٢: | سطر ١٬٢٧٧: | ||
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) | etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) | ||
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= | if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٣٣٨: | سطر ١٬٢٨٣: | ||
end | end | ||
return name, etal; | return name, etal; -- | ||
end | end | ||
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >------------------------------------------------ | ||
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch | Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so | ||
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the | |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. | ||
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. | |||
returns nothing | returns nothing | ||
سطر ١٬٣٥٣: | سطر ١٬٢٩٧: | ||
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) | local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) | ||
if | if is_set (name) then | ||
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters | if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters | ||
add_maint_cat ('numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٣٦١: | سطر ١٬٣٠٥: | ||
--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------ | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ | ||
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for | Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. | ||
ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These | These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function | ||
are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup | adds the editor markup maintenance category. | ||
maintenance category. | |||
returns nothing | returns nothing | ||
سطر ١٬٣٧٥: | سطر ١٬٣١٨: | ||
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration | local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration | ||
if | if is_set (name) then | ||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and | for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and | ||
if name:match (pattern) then | if name:match (pattern) then | ||
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template | |||
break; | break; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٣٨٦: | سطر ١٬٣٢٩: | ||
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- | ||
Evaluates the content of | Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are | ||
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or | indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name | ||
(author or editor) maintenance category. | |||
If | |||
returns nothing | returns nothing | ||
سطر ١٬٣٩٨: | سطر ١٬٣٤٠: | ||
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) | local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) | ||
local _, | local _, count; | ||
if | if is_set (name) then | ||
_, | _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters | ||
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable | |||
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٤١٩: | سطر ١٬٣٥١: | ||
--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- | ||
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content | This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding | ||
of the various name-holding parameters. | parameters. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) | local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) | ||
if is_set (last) then | |||
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written | |||
if | last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens | ||
last | else | ||
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) | name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) | ||
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation | name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation | ||
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are | name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if is_set (first) then | |||
if | if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written | ||
first | first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens | ||
else | |||
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation | name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation | ||
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are | name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
return last, first; -- done | return last, first; -- done | ||
end | end | ||
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- | ||
Gets name list from the input arguments | Gets name list from the input arguments | ||
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters | Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. | ||
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching | Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't | ||
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: | find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. | ||
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the | |||
search is done. | |||
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching | This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= | ||
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= | are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. | ||
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not | |||
required to have a matching |firstn=. | |||
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' | When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned | ||
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() | that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the | ||
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps | template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. | ||
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local function extract_names(args, list_name) | local function extract_names(args, list_name) | ||
local names = {}; | local names = {}; -- table of names | ||
local last; | local last; -- individual name components | ||
local first; | local first; | ||
local link; | local link; | ||
local mask; | local mask; | ||
local i = 1; | local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer | ||
local n = 1; | local n = 1; -- output table indexer | ||
local count = 0; | local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) | ||
local etal = false; | local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter | ||
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging | local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging | ||
while true do | while true do | ||
last, last_alias = | last, last_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 | ||
first, first_alias = | first, first_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | ||
link, link_alias = | link, link_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | ||
mask = | mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | ||
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. | last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. | ||
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. | first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. | ||
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc | last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks | ||
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn | if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {first_alias, first_alias:gsub('first', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, { | |||
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? | elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? | ||
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first | count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first | ||
سطر ١٬٥٠٧: | سطر ١٬٤٢٦: | ||
end | end | ||
else -- we have last with or without a first | else -- we have last with or without a first | ||
link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup | |||
if first then | if first then | ||
link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup | |||
end | end | ||
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) | names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) | ||
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table | n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table | ||
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing | if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | ||
end | end | ||
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names | count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names | ||
سطر ١٬٥٢٣: | سطر ١٬٤٤١: | ||
end | end | ||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | ||
end | end | ||
--[[---------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >---------------------- | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ | ||
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. | Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. | ||
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because | Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect | ||
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, | or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is | ||
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia | found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we | ||
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no | return the original language name string. | ||
match, we return the original language name string. | |||
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of | mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include | ||
languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' | extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support | ||
and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support | code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they | ||
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a | are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() | ||
'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. | can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc | ||
A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found | |||
at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc | |||
Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the | Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, | ||
|language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name | if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found | ||
will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the | and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name. | ||
associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the | |||
WikiMedia language name. | |||
Some language names have multiple entries under different codes: | Some language names have multiple entries under different codes: | ||
سطر ١٬٥٦٤: | سطر ١٬٤٧٧: | ||
end | end | ||
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both | local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both ietf-like codes and iso 639-like codes | ||
local ietf_name; | local ietf_name; | ||
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower | local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia | ||
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) | |||
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons | |||
for code, name in pairs ( | for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language | ||
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then | if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then | ||
if 2 == | if 2 == code:len() or 3 == code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported | ||
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code | return name, code; -- so return the name and the code | ||
end | end | ||
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an | ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an ietf-like code and save its name | ||
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code | ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if | -- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if ietf-like code found return | ||
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else | return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else | ||
end | end | ||
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ | --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ | ||
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code | Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, | ||
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that | use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. | ||
was provided with the language parameter. | |||
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is | When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for | ||
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). | that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned | ||
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category | to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. | ||
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. | |||
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does | Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character | ||
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is | equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. | ||
recognized but code 'ara' is not. | |||
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th | This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are | ||
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with | separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. | ||
optional space characters. | |||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ١٬٦١٠: | سطر ١٬٥٢١: | ||
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= | local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= | ||
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name | local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name | ||
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list | names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list | ||
سطر ١٬٦١٨: | سطر ١٬٥٢٩: | ||
if name then -- there was a remapped code so | if name then -- there was a remapped code so | ||
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private | if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private ietf tag | ||
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip | lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip ietf tags from code | ||
end | end | ||
else | else | ||
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any | lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any ietf-like tags from code | ||
lang = languagescode[lang:lower()] or lang | |||
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code | if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code | ||
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code | name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code | ||
name = fetchName( lang:lower(), "al"); -- This code add by [[user:Mr. Ibrahem]] to fix language name. | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code | ||
code = lang:lower(); -- save it | code = lang:lower(); -- save it | ||
else | else | ||
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); | name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes | ||
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names | name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names | ||
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language | if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language | ||
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code | if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code | ||
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization | |||
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) | else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) | ||
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template | |||
end | end | ||
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled | elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled | ||
add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it | |||
end | end | ||
else | else | ||
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added | |||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٦٥٣: | سطر ١٬٥٦٦: | ||
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it | name = ''; -- so we can reuse it | ||
end | end | ||
name = | code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list | ||
if 2 >= code then | |||
name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator']) -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names | |||
elseif 2 < code then | |||
name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-separator'], 1, code-1); -- concatenate all but last | |||
name = table.concat ({name, language_list[code]}, cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator']); -- concatenate last with final separator | |||
end | |||
if this_wiki_name == name then | if this_wiki_name == name then | ||
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) | return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) | ||
سطر ١٬٦٦٥: | سطر ١٬٥٨٣: | ||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- | ||
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings | |||
At en.wiki, for cs1: | |||
ps gets: '.' | |||
sep gets: '.' | |||
]] | ]] | ||
if | local function set_cs1_style (ps) | ||
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something | |||
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation | |||
end | end | ||
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator | |||
return | |||
end | end | ||
Determines if a | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- | ||
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the | |||
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings | |||
At en.wiki, for cs2: | |||
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation) | |||
sep gets: ',' | |||
]] | |||
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) | |||
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default | |||
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation | |||
end | |||
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set | |||
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv | |||
end | |||
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- | |||
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish | |||
rendered style. | |||
]] | |||
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) | |||
local sep; | |||
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) | |||
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); | |||
else -- not a citation template so CS1 | |||
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); | |||
end | |||
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses | |||
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. | |||
]] | |||
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) | |||
local sep; | |||
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style | |||
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); | |||
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style | |||
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); | |||
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 | |||
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass | |||
end | |||
if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then | |||
ps = ''; -- set to empty string | |||
end | |||
return sep, ps, ref | |||
end | |||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when | |||
applying the pdf icon to external links. | |||
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false | returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false | ||
سطر ١٬٧٢٨: | سطر ١٬٦٨١: | ||
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- | --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ | ||
Applies | Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does | ||
if the format parameter does not have a matching | not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that | ||
is not set and the | is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with | ||
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with | |||
the appropriate styling. | the appropriate styling. | ||
سطر ١٬٧٣٩: | سطر ١٬٦٩١: | ||
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) | local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) | ||
if | if is_set (format) then | ||
format = | format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize | ||
if not | if not is_set (url) then | ||
format = format .. | format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message | ||
end | end | ||
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if | elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then | ||
format = | format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf | ||
else | else | ||
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | ||
سطر ١٬٧٥٣: | سطر ١٬٧٠٥: | ||
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >-------------------------------------------- | ||
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor | Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag | ||
name lists and a | to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. | ||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, | When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and | ||
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default | the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains | ||
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). | some variant of the text 'et al.'). | ||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number | When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the | ||
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. | number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of | ||
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' | the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' | ||
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. | In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. | ||
سطر ١٬٧٧٦: | سطر ١٬٧٢٨: | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal | local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal) | ||
if | if is_set (max) then | ||
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings | if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings | ||
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. | max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. | ||
سطر ١٬٧٨٤: | سطر ١٬٧٣٦: | ||
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number | max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number | ||
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors | if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors | ||
add_maint_cat ('disp_name', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); | |||
end | end | ||
else -- not a valid keyword or number | else -- not a valid keyword or number | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set | max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٧٩٧: | سطر ١٬٧٤٨: | ||
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- | --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ | ||
Adds | Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. | ||
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. | abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. | ||
check | check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: | ||
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px | good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit | ||
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP | |||
bad pattern: | |||
]] | ]] | ||
local function extra_text_in_page_check ( | local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) | ||
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? | |||
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; | |||
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then | |||
add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); | |||
end | |||
if not | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
سطر ١٬٨٦٦: | سطر ١٬٧٧٢: | ||
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled | split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled | ||
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled | parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the | ||
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked | rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked | ||
سطر ١٬٨٧٤: | سطر ١٬٧٨٠: | ||
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) | local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) | ||
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas | local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam or '', "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas | ||
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a | local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder | ||
local i = 1; | local i = 1; | ||
while name_table[i] do | while name_table[i] do | ||
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled | if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens | ||
local name = name_table[i]; | local name = name_table[i]; | ||
i = i + 1; | i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment | ||
while name_table[i] do | while name_table[i] do | ||
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments | name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments | ||
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled | if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens | ||
break; -- and done reassembling so | break; -- and done reassembling so | ||
end | end | ||
i = i + 1; | i=i+1; -- bump indexer | ||
end | end | ||
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table | table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table | ||
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink | table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink | ||
else | else | ||
wl_type, label, link = | wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] | ||
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name | table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name | ||
if 1 == wl_type then | if 1 == wl_type then | ||
سطر ١٬٩٠١: | سطر ١٬٨٠٧: | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
i = i + 1; | i = i+1; | ||
end | end | ||
return output_table; | return output_table; | ||
سطر ١٬٩١٤: | سطر ١٬٨٢٠: | ||
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names | Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names | ||
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance | may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance | ||
tests, are wrapped in doubled | tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. | ||
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. | Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. | ||
This function sets the | This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ١٬٩٣٤: | سطر ١٬٨٤٠: | ||
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do | for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do | ||
first = ''; | if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection | ||
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor | |||
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses | |||
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() | corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() | ||
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then | elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then | ||
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; | if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; | ||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation | add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation); | ||
end | end | ||
local lastfirstTable = {} | local lastfirstTable = {} | ||
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s | lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") | ||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be | first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials | ||
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix | |||
if | suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and | ||
suffix = first | |||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table | first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table | ||
end | end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? | ||
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, | last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials | ||
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then | if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then | ||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'] | add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing | ||
end | end | ||
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test | if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test | ||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl. | add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two intiials | ||
end | end | ||
else | else | ||
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor | |||
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? | last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (first) then | ||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else | if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else | ||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials | add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials | ||
end | end | ||
is_good_vanc_name (last, first | is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit | ||
if | if is_set (suffix) then | ||
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials | first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials | ||
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names | suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names | ||
سطر ١٬٩٨٠: | سطر ١٬٨٧٨: | ||
else | else | ||
if not corporate then | if not corporate then | ||
is_good_vanc_name (last, '' | is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
link = | link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; | ||
mask = | mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | ||
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list | names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list | ||
end | end | ||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | ||
سطر ١٬٩٩٥: | سطر ١٬٨٩٣: | ||
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or | Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or | ||
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. | select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. | ||
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest | Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and | ||
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and | | similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest | ||
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second | When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second | ||
سطر ٢٬٠٠٦: | سطر ١٬٩٠٤: | ||
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. | Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. | ||
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. | In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
سطر ٢٬٠١٢: | سطر ١٬٩١٠: | ||
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) | local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) | ||
local lastfirst = false; | local lastfirst = false; | ||
if | if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... | ||
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= | |||
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or | |||
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then | |||
lastfirst = true; | lastfirst=true; | ||
end | end | ||
if ( | if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions | ||
( | (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or | ||
(true == lastfirst and | (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then | ||
local err_name; | local err_name; | ||
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message | if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message | ||
سطر ٢٬٠٢٨: | سطر ١٬٩٢٦: | ||
err_name = 'editor'; | err_name = 'editor'; | ||
end | end | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', | ||
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message | {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
end | end | ||
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use | if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use | ||
if | if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; | ||
if | if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; | ||
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last | return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٠٤٢: | سطر ١٬٩٤٠: | ||
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number | This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number | ||
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc | of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing | ||
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one | or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one | ||
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value | of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value | ||
سطر ٢٬٠٥٠: | سطر ١٬٩٤٨: | ||
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val) | local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val) | ||
if not | if not is_set (value) then | ||
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok | return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok | ||
elseif | elseif in_array (value, possible) then | ||
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword | return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword | ||
else | else | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message | ||
return ret_val; | return ret_val; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٠٧١: | سطر ١٬٩٦٩: | ||
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) | local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) | ||
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then | if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated | ||
return name_list; -- just return the name list | return name_list; -- just return the name list | ||
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char | elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char | ||
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another | return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another | ||
else | else | ||
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise | return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٠٨٩: | سطر ١٬٩٨٧: | ||
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) | local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) | ||
if not | if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then | ||
return ''; | return ''; | ||
end | end | ||
if 'magazine' == cite_class or ( | if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then | ||
if | if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then | ||
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, | return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (volume) then | ||
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, | return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); | ||
else | else | ||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | ||
سطر ٢٬١٠٣: | سطر ٢٬٠٠١: | ||
end | end | ||
if 'podcast' == cite_class and | if 'podcast' == cite_class and is_set (issue) then | ||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬١٠٩: | سطر ٢٬٠٠٧: | ||
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine | local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine | ||
if | if is_set (volume) then | ||
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase | if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase roman numerals | ||
vol = | vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face | ||
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or | elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or roman numerals and longer than 4 characters | ||
vol = | vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold | ||
add_prop_cat ('long_vol'); | |||
else -- four or less characters | else -- four or less characters | ||
vol = | vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (issue) then | ||
return vol . | return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); | ||
end | end | ||
return vol; | return vol; | ||
سطر ٢٬١٣٨: | سطر ٢٬٠٣٦: | ||
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) | local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) | ||
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators | if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators | ||
if | if is_set (sheet) then | ||
if 'journal' == origin then | if 'journal' == origin then | ||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; | return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; | ||
سطر ٢٬١٤٤: | سطر ٢٬٠٤٢: | ||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; | return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (sheets) then | ||
if 'journal' == origin then | if 'journal' == origin then | ||
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); | return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); | ||
سطر ٢٬١٥٣: | سطر ٢٬٠٥١: | ||
end | end | ||
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or ( | local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); | ||
if | if is_set (page) then | ||
if is_journal then | if is_journal then | ||
return | return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; | ||
elseif not nopp then | elseif not nopp then | ||
return | return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | ||
else | else | ||
return | return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set(pages) then | ||
if is_journal then | if is_journal then | ||
return | return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; | ||
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number | elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number | ||
return '', | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | ||
elseif not nopp then | elseif not nopp then | ||
return '', | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | ||
else | else | ||
return '', | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬١٨٣: | سطر ٢٬٠٨١: | ||
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. | returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. | ||
If any of these are interwiki links to | If any of these are interwiki links to wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwikilink as plain text | ||
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki | for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki link to and external link and | ||
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? | add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? | ||
سطر ٢٬١٩٤: | سطر ٢٬٠٩٢: | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local function insource_loc_get (page | local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at) | ||
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for | local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for wikisource interwikilinks; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) | ||
if | if is_set (page) then | ||
if | if is_set (pages) or is_set(at) then | ||
pages = ''; -- unset the others | pages = ''; -- unset the others | ||
at = ''; | at = ''; | ||
end | end | ||
extra_text_in_page_check (page | extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. | ||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws | ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws url from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label | ||
if ws_url then | if ws_url then | ||
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | ||
page = | page = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); | ||
coins_pages = ws_label; | coins_pages = ws_label; | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (pages) then | ||
if | if is_set (at) then | ||
at = ''; -- unset | at = ''; -- unset | ||
end | end | ||
extra_text_in_page_check (pages | extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. | ||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws | ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws url from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label | ||
if ws_url then | if ws_url then | ||
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | ||
pages = | pages = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); | ||
coins_pages = ws_label; | coins_pages = ws_label; | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (at) then | ||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws | ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws url from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label | ||
if ws_url then | if ws_url then | ||
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | ||
at = | at = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); | ||
coins_pages = ws_label; | coins_pages = ws_label; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٢٣٢: | سطر ٢٬١٣٠: | ||
return page, pages, at, coins_pages; | return page, pages, at, coins_pages; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٢٥٤: | سطر ٢٬١٣٥: | ||
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- | --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- | ||
Check archive.org | Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the | ||
save snapshot | save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) | ||
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the | archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow | ||
unwitting readers to do. | unwitting readers to do. | ||
When the archive.org | When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own | ||
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. | algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. | ||
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and | This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and | ||
|archive-date= and an error message when: | |archive-date= and an error message when: | ||
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command | |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url | ||
|archive-url= is an archive.org | |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the | ||
correct place | correct place | ||
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= | otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= | ||
There are two mostly compatible archive.org | There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: | ||
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form | //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form | ||
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form | //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form | ||
سطر ٢٬٢٧٧: | سطر ٢٬١٥٨: | ||
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. | we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. | ||
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this | This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified | ||
archive | archive url: | ||
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) | for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) | ||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the | for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified | ||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) | for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) | ||
سطر ٢٬٢٨٧: | سطر ٢٬١٦٨: | ||
local function archive_url_check (url, date) | local function archive_url_check (url, date) | ||
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty | local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty | ||
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive. | local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url | ||
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine | if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url | ||
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | ||
end | end | ||
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command | if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page | ||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; | err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; | ||
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL | url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL | ||
سطر ٢٬٢٩٩: | سطر ٢٬١٨٠: | ||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; | err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; | ||
else | else | ||
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the | path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation | ||
if not | if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here | ||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; | err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; | ||
if '*' ~= flag then | if '*' ~= flag then | ||
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) | url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element | ||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; | err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) | ||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; | err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) | ||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; | err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; | ||
else | else | ||
سطر ٢٬٣١٧: | سطر ٢٬١٩٨: | ||
end | end | ||
-- if here, something not right so | -- if here, something not right so | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and | ||
if | if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then | ||
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | ||
else | else | ||
سطر ٢٬٣٢٩: | سطر ٢٬٢١٠: | ||
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because | check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because | ||
many editors | many editors mis-use location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) | ||
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits | returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits | ||
سطر ٢٬٣٣٦: | سطر ٢٬٢١٧: | ||
local function place_check (param_val) | local function place_check (param_val) | ||
if not | if not is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted | ||
return param_val; -- return that empty state | return param_val; -- return that empty state | ||
end | end | ||
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value | if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value | ||
add_maint_cat ('location'); -- yep, add maint cat | |||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٣٤٨: | سطر ٢٬٢٢٩: | ||
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. | This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. | ||
سطر ٢٬٣٩٨: | سطر ٢٬٢٣٥: | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local function citation0( config, args ) | local function citation0( config, args) | ||
--[[ | --[[ | ||
Load Input Parameters | Load Input Parameters | ||
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. | The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); | local A = argument_wrapper( args ); | ||
local i | local i | ||
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates | -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates | ||
-- define different field names for the same underlying things. | -- define different field names for the same underlying things. | ||
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); | |||
local author_etal; | local author_etal; | ||
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= | local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= | ||
local Authors; | local Authors; | ||
local | |||
local NameListFormat = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListFormat'], A:ORIGIN('NameListFormat'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-format'], ''); | |||
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; | local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; | ||
سطر ٢٬٤٢٠: | سطر ٢٬٢٦٠: | ||
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | ||
elseif 2 == selected then | elseif 2 == selected then | ||
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be | |||
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | ||
elseif 3 == selected then | elseif 3 == selected then | ||
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= | Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= | ||
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= | if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= | ||
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (Collaboration) then | ||
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required | author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
local Others = A['Others']; | |||
local editor_etal; | local editor_etal; | ||
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= | local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= | ||
local Editors; | |||
do -- to limit scope of selected | do -- to limit scope of selected | ||
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], | local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); | ||
if 1 == selected then | if 1 == selected then | ||
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | ||
elseif 2 == selected then | elseif 2 == selected then | ||
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be | |||
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | ||
elseif 3 == selected then | |||
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= | |||
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
local | local translator_etal; | ||
local | local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs | ||
local | local Translators; -- assembled translators name list | ||
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | |||
local interviewer_etal; | |||
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs | local interviewers_list = {}; | ||
local Interviewers; -- used later | |||
if | interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters | ||
local contributor_etal; | |||
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs | |||
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list | |||
local Contribution = A['Contribution']; -- TODO: move to after chapter use if A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') ... to set Contribution; this to remove duplicate in aliases list | |||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites | |||
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | ||
if 0 < #c then | if 0 < #c then | ||
if not | if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message | ||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | ||
end | end | ||
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= | if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message | ||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
else -- if not a book cite | else -- if not a book cite | ||
if | if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message | ||
end | end | ||
Contribution = nil; -- unset | Contribution = nil; -- unset | ||
end | end | ||
if is_set (Others) then | |||
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= | |||
add_maint_cat ('others'); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local Year = A['Year']; | |||
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; | |||
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; | |||
local Date = A['Date']; | |||
local LayDate = A['LayDate']; | |||
------------------------------------------------- Get title data | |||
local Title = A['Title']; | local Title = A['Title']; | ||
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; | |||
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; | |||
local Conference = A['Conference']; | |||
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; | |||
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; | |||
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; | local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; | ||
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set | |||
local | local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- TODO: insert test, assignment, and then unset Chapter when |section= in cite map; test is at c. line 3220 | ||
local | local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; | ||
local ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); | |||
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode | |||
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; | |||
local TitleType = A['TitleType']; | |||
local Degree = A['Degree']; | |||
local Docket = A['Docket']; | |||
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; | |||
local ArchiveDate; | |||
local ArchiveURL; | |||
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) | |||
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); | |||
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; | |||
local URL = A['URL'] | |||
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL | |||
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; | |||
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL | |||
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; | |||
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; | |||
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL | |||
-- TODO: mailinglist should be removed from Periodical alias list; Periodical should be assigned value from |mailinglist= here wh | |||
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; -- cite mailinglist or citation and |mailinglist=; error check for duplicate work params (Periodical already set) | |||
local Periodical_origin = ''; | local Periodical_origin = ''; | ||
if is_set (Periodical) then | |||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter | |||
local i; | |||
Periodical, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated | |||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)}); | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- TODO: mailinglist assignment here? iff Periodical not set; err msg else; see TODO c. line 2607 | |||
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; | |||
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); | |||
if | -- web and news not tested for now because of | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? | ||
if not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter | |||
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message | |||
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message | |||
if p[config.CitationClass] then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)}); | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; | |||
local | local Series = A['Series']; | ||
local Volume; | local Volume; | ||
local | local Issue; | ||
local Page; | |||
local Pages; | |||
local At; | |||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then | if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then | ||
if | if is_set (Periodical) then | ||
if not | if not in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' | ||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' | Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then | ||
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= | if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= | ||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' | Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' | ||
سطر ٢٬٥٣٩: | سطر ٢٬٤١٩: | ||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites | Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings | ||
Volume = A['Volume']; | Volume = A['Volume']; | ||
end | end | ||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then | if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then | ||
if | if is_set (Periodical) and in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals' | ||
is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals' | |||
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); | Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table | ||
if not ( | if not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then | ||
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); | Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
local | local Position = ''; | ||
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then | |||
if not | |||
Page = A['Page']; | Page = A['Page']; | ||
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); | Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); | ||
سطر ٢٬٥٧٢: | سطر ٢٬٤٤٧: | ||
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; | local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; | ||
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); | local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); | ||
if is_set (PublisherName) then | |||
local i=0; | |||
PublisherName, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized | |||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)}); | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? | local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? | ||
سطر ٢٬٥٨٤: | سطر ٢٬٤٦٠: | ||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then | if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then | ||
if | if is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parmeter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup | ||
local error_text | local error_text = set_error ('parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true); | ||
if | if is_set (error_text) then | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); | table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٥٩٤: | سطر ٢٬٤٧٠: | ||
end | end | ||
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | ||
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then | |||
UrlAccess = nil; | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | ||
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | ||
if not is_set(A['MapURL']) and is_set(MapUrlAccess) then | |||
MapUrlAccess = nil; | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
local Via = A['Via']; | |||
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; | |||
local Agency = A['Agency']; | |||
local | local Language = A['Language']; | ||
local | local Format = A['Format']; | ||
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; | |||
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; | |||
local ID = A['ID']; | |||
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; | |||
local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); | |||
local Embargo = A['Embargo']; | |||
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier | |||
local ID_list = extract_ids( args ); | |||
if is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list['DOI'] then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))}); | |||
end | end | ||
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list ); | |||
local | local Quote = A['Quote']; | ||
local | local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; | ||
local LayURL = A['LayURL']; | |||
local LaySource = A['LaySource']; | |||
local Transcript = A['Transcript']; | |||
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; | |||
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] | |||
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL | |||
local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); | |||
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); | |||
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters | |||
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text | |||
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language | |||
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier | |||
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification | |||
if | local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); | ||
if not is_set (DF) then | |||
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local df if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template | |||
end | |||
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma | |||
local PostScript; | |||
local Ref = A['Ref']; | |||
if 'harv' == Ref then | |||
add_maint_cat ('ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value | |||
elseif not is_set (Ref) then | |||
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally | |||
end | |||
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass); | |||
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text | |||
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories | |||
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page | |||
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then | |||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | |||
end | |||
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns | |||
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern | |||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | |||
break; -- bail out if one is found | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) | |||
select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category | |||
local coins_pages; | |||
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At); | |||
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); | |||
if is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different | |||
add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together | |||
if PublicationPlace == Place then | if PublicationPlace == Place then | ||
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same | Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same | ||
end | end | ||
elseif not | elseif not is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... | ||
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place | PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٦٥٠: | سطر ٢٬٥٧٧: | ||
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same | if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same | ||
--[[ | |||
--[[ | |||
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: | Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: | ||
When the citation has these parameters: | When the citation has these parameters: | ||
|encyclopedia | |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title | ||
|encyclopedia | |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title | ||
|trans-title | |trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped | ||
|url | |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped | ||
All other combinations of |encyclopedia | All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; | local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; | ||
if ( | if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation | ||
if is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set | |||
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then | |||
if not is_set(Chapter) then | |||
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title | |||
if | |||
if | |||
if not | |||
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia | |||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | ||
ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') | |||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | TransChapter = TransTitle; | ||
ChapterURL = URL; | ChapterURL = URL; | ||
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL') | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | ||
if not | if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then | ||
Chapter = | Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); | ||
end | end | ||
Title = Periodical; | Title = Periodical; | ||
سطر ٢٬٧١٧: | سطر ٢٬٦١٧: | ||
ScriptTitle = ''; | ScriptTitle = ''; | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (Chapter) then -- |title not set | ||
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia | Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set so map |encyclopedia to |title | ||
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset | Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٧٢٤: | سطر ٢٬٦٢٤: | ||
end | end | ||
-- | -- Special case for cite techreport. | ||
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport | if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport | ||
if | if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' | ||
if not | if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? | ||
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it | ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it | ||
else -- ID has a value so emit error message | else -- ID has a value so emit error message | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
end | |||
-- special case for cite mailing list | |||
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then -- TODO: move this to Periodical assignment; see TODOs at c. line 2360 | |||
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; | |||
elseif 'mailinglist' == Periodical_origin then | |||
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list | |||
end | end | ||
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. | -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. | ||
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then | if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then | ||
if | if is_set(BookTitle) then | ||
Chapter = Title; | Chapter = Title; | ||
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated | |||
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- | | |||
ChapterURL = URL; | ChapterURL = URL; | ||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | ||
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; | |||
URLorigin = ''; | |||
ChapterFormat = Format; | ChapterFormat = Format; | ||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | TransChapter = TransTitle; | ||
Title = BookTitle; | Title = BookTitle; | ||
Format = ''; | Format = ''; | ||
سطر ٢٬٧٦٢: | سطر ٢٬٦٦٢: | ||
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string | Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string | ||
end | end | ||
-- cite map oddities | -- cite map oddities | ||
local Cartography = ""; | local Cartography = ""; | ||
سطر ٢٬٧٧٦: | سطر ٢٬٦٦٩: | ||
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; | local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; | ||
if config.CitationClass == "map" then | if config.CitationClass == "map" then | ||
Chapter = A['Map']; | Chapter = A['Map']; | ||
ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; | ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; | ||
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); | |||
TransChapter = A['TransMap']; | TransChapter = A['TransMap']; | ||
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] | ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] | ||
ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; | ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; | ||
سطر ٢٬٧٩١: | سطر ٢٬٦٨٠: | ||
Cartography = A['Cartography']; | Cartography = A['Cartography']; | ||
if | if is_set( Cartography ) then | ||
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); | Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); | ||
end | end | ||
Scale = A['Scale']; | Scale = A['Scale']; | ||
if | if is_set( Scale ) then | ||
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; | Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٢٬٨٠١: | سطر ٢٬٦٩٠: | ||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. | ||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then | ||
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; | local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; | ||
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set | |||
local Network = A['Network']; | local Network = A['Network']; | ||
سطر ٢٬٨١١: | سطر ٢٬٦٩٩: | ||
local s, n = {}, {}; | local s, n = {}, {}; | ||
-- do common parameters first | -- do common parameters first | ||
if | if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end | ||
if | if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end | ||
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); | ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); | ||
سطر ٢٬٨١٩: | سطر ٢٬٧٠٧: | ||
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; | local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; | ||
if | if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= | SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= | ||
end | end | ||
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series | -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series | ||
if | if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end | ||
if | if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end | ||
if | if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end | ||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter | Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter | ||
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter | Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter | ||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | ||
ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); | |||
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias | ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink | ||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | TransChapter = TransTitle; | ||
ChapterURL = URL; | ChapterURL = URL; | ||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | ||
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); | |||
Title = Series; -- promote series to title | Title = Series; -- promote series to title | ||
سطر ٢٬٨٤٢: | سطر ٢٬٧٣٠: | ||
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number | Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number | ||
if | if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL | ||
Chapter = | Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; | ||
Series = | Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); | ||
end | end | ||
URL = ''; -- unset | URL = ''; -- unset | ||
سطر ٢٬٨٥٤: | سطر ٢٬٧٤٢: | ||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial | Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial | ||
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? | Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? | ||
if | if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then | ||
Series = | Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); | ||
end | end | ||
Series = | Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff | -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff | ||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. | |||
do | |||
if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then | |||
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values | -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values | ||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then | |||
if | |||
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); | TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); | ||
if | if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis | ||
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); | TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified | ||
TitleType = | TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses | ||
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem | -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem | ||
end | end | ||
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. | -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. | ||
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging | local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging | ||
if not | if not is_set (Date) then | ||
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date | Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date | ||
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF | Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF | ||
if not | if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set | ||
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date | Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date | ||
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed | PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed | ||
سطر ٢٬٩٠٥: | سطر ٢٬٧٩٩: | ||
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | ||
]] | ]] | ||
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch | do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch | ||
local error_message = ''; | local error_message = ''; | ||
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it | -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it | ||
local date_parameters_list = { | local date_parameters_list = { | ||
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, | ['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, | ||
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, | ['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, | ||
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, | ['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin}, | ||
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, | ['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, | ||
[' | ['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, | ||
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, | ['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, | ||
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, | ['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, | ||
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, | ['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, | ||
}; | }; | ||
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); | |||
anchor_year, Embargo = | |||
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization | -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization | ||
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then | if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then | ||
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty'); | |||
end | end | ||
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization | -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization | ||
if | if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; | ||
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) | |||
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= | |||
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message | |||
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message | |||
end | |||
error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch'; | |||
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= | |||
add_maint_cat ('date_year'); | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
if | if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only | ||
local modified = false; -- flag | local modified = false; -- flag | ||
if | if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates | ||
modified = | modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate | ||
end | end | ||
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate | |||
if true == | |||
modified = true; | modified = true; | ||
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category | |||
end | end | ||
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, | -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, | ||
-- uncomment | -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) | ||
-- set | -- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates) | ||
-- if | -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then | ||
-- modified = true; | -- modified = true; | ||
-- end | -- end | ||
سطر ٢٬٩٨٦: | سطر ٢٬٨٦٠: | ||
end | end | ||
else | else | ||
table.insert (z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | ||
end | end | ||
end -- end of do | end -- end of do | ||
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. | |||
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date | |||
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); | |||
ID_list | if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then | ||
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired | |||
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed | |||
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= | |||
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); | |||
AccessDate = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
-- | -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. | ||
-- Test if citation has no title | |||
if | if not is_set(Title) and | ||
not is_set(TransTitle) and | |||
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then | |||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); | |||
else | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if cfg.keywords_xlate[Title] == 'none' and | ||
in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and | |||
( | (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and | ||
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites | ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites | ||
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string | Title = ''; -- set title to empty string | ||
add_maint_cat ('untitled'); | |||
end | end | ||
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL | check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL | ||
['title'] = Title, | ['title']=Title, | ||
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter, | [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, | ||
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical, | [Periodical_origin] = Periodical, | ||
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName | [PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName | ||
سطر ٣٬٠٦١: | سطر ٢٬٩١٤: | ||
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required | local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required | ||
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu | local coins_title = Title; -- et tu | ||
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and | if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | ||
if | if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then | ||
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap | coins_chapter = Title; -- remap | ||
coins_title = Periodical; | coins_title = Periodical; | ||
سطر ٣٬٠٧٢: | سطر ٢٬٩٢٥: | ||
end | end | ||
-- this is the function call to COinS() | -- this is the function call to COinS() | ||
local OCinSoutput = | local OCinSoutput = COinS({ | ||
['Periodical'] = | ['Periodical'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata | ||
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, | ['Encyclopedia'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Encyclopedia), | ||
['Chapter'] = | ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup | ||
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only | ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only | ||
['Title'] = | ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup | ||
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, | ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, | ||
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; | ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; | ||
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, | ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, | ||
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? | ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? | ||
['Series'] = Series, | ['Series'] = Series, | ||
['Volume'] = Volume, | ['Volume'] = Volume, | ||
['Issue'] = Issue, | ['Issue'] = Issue, | ||
['Pages'] = coins_pages or | ['Pages'] = coins_pages or get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links | ||
['Edition'] = Edition, | ['Edition'] = Edition, | ||
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName | ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName | ||
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), | ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), | ||
['Authors'] = coins_author, | ['Authors'] = coins_author, | ||
['ID_list'] = | ['ID_list'] = ID_list, | ||
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, | ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, | ||
}, config.CitationClass); | }, config.CitationClass); | ||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. | ||
if | if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed | ||
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal | Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal | ||
end | end | ||
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text | -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text | ||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and | if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Newsgroup) then | ||
PublisherName = | PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); | ||
end | end | ||
-- Now perform various field substitutions. | -- Now perform various field substitutions. | ||
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the | -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the | ||
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. | -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. | ||
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list | |||
do | do | ||
local last_first_list; | local last_first_list; | ||
local control = { | local control = { | ||
format = | format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' | ||
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set | maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set | ||
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, | |||
mode = Mode | mode = Mode | ||
}; | }; | ||
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table | do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table | ||
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal | control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); | ||
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); | |||
if is_set (Editors) then | |||
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |||
if editor_etal then | |||
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal | |||
end | |||
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation | |||
else | |||
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string | |||
end | |||
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then | if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then | ||
سطر ٣٬١٤٢: | سطر ٢٬٩٩٠: | ||
end | end | ||
do -- now do interviewers | do -- now do interviewers | ||
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal | control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal); | ||
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); | Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); | ||
end | end | ||
do -- now do translators | do -- now do translators | ||
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal | control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal); | ||
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); | Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); | ||
end | end | ||
do -- now do contributors | do -- now do contributors | ||
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal | control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal); | ||
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); | Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); | ||
end | end | ||
do -- now do authors | do -- now do authors | ||
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal | control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); | ||
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); | last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); | ||
if | if is_set (Authors) then | ||
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. | Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. | ||
if author_etal then | if author_etal then | ||
سطر ٣٬١٦٨: | سطر ٣٬٠١٦: | ||
end -- end of do | end -- end of do | ||
if | if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then | ||
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. | Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬١٧٤: | سطر ٣٬٠٢٢: | ||
end | end | ||
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, | |||
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation | |||
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); | |||
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); | ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); | ||
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); | Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); | ||
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); | |||
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); | |||
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported | -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported | ||
if not ( | if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or | ||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ( | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then | ||
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); | ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); | ||
end | end | ||
if not | if not is_set(URL) then | ||
if | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist | ||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); | ||
end | end | ||
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? | -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? | ||
if | if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); | ||
AccessDate = ''; | AccessDate = ''; | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
local | local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; | ||
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text | UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text | ||
if | if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then | ||
if | if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it | ||
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text | OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text | ||
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages | |||
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= | OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= | ||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then | if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then | ||
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's | ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url | ||
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages | |||
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | ||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived | ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (URL) then | ||
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL | OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL | ||
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages | |||
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= | OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= | ||
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; | OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; | ||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then | if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it | ||
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's | URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url | ||
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages | |||
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | ||
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived | UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia | ||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ( | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | ||
local chap_param; | local chap_param; | ||
if | if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters | ||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (TransChapter) then | ||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then | ||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then | ||
chap_param = | chap_param = ScriptChapterOrigin; | ||
else | else is_set (ChapterFormat) | ||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation | Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation | ||
TransChapter = ''; | TransChapter = ''; | ||
سطر ٣٬٢٥٦: | سطر ٣٬١٠٣: | ||
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title | else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title | ||
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value | local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value | ||
if | if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) | ||
if | if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title | ||
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted | no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, | Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapterOrigin, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter | ||
if | if is_set (Chapter) then | ||
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; | Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; | ||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and | if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then | ||
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title | Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title | ||
end | end | ||
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; | Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... | ||
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it | Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
-- Format main title | -- Format main title. TODO: add support for non-English versions of 'Archived copy' when used on other-language wikis | ||
if is_set (ArchiveURL) and | |||
(mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) or -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title) | |||
mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'])) then -- local-wiki's form | |||
add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title | |||
Title | |||
end | end | ||
if | if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup: | ||
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if | Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup | ||
else | |||
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title= | |||
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three | Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three | ||
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... | elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... | ||
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) | not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) | ||
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); | Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters | ||
end | end | ||
end | |||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or | |||
('map' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article | |||
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks | |||
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); | |||
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
if | TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title | ||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ( | else | ||
('map' == config.CitationClass and ( | Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); | ||
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | ||
Title = | TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); | ||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang | |||
TransTitle = | |||
elseif | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang | |||
TransTitle = | |||
else | |||
Title = | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang | |||
TransTitle = | |||
end | end | ||
local TransError = ""; | local TransError = ""; | ||
if | if is_set(TransTitle) then | ||
if | if is_set(Title) then | ||
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; | TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; | ||
else | else | ||
TransError = " " .. | TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making wikisource urls? | ||
if not is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then | |||
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; | |||
if not | |||
Title = external_link (URL, Title, | |||
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed | URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed | ||
Format = ""; | Format = ""; | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (TitleLink) and not is_set (URL) then | ||
local ws_url; | local ws_url; | ||
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here | ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here | ||
if ws_url then | if ws_url then | ||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? | Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? | ||
Title = | Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); | ||
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; | Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; | ||
else | else | ||
Title = | Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError; | ||
end | end | ||
else | else | ||
local ws_url, ws_label | local ws_url, ws_label; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) | ||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub(' | ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws url from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tool tip label | ||
if ws_url then | if ws_url then | ||
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup | Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup | ||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? | Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? | ||
Title = | Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); | ||
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; | Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; | ||
else | else | ||
سطر ٣٬٣٦٥: | سطر ٣٬١٩٥: | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set(Place) then | ||
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; | Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; | ||
end | end | ||
if is_set (Conference) then | |||
if | if is_set (ConferenceURL) then | ||
if | Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); | ||
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, | |||
end | end | ||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; | Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; | ||
elseif | elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then | ||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, | Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); | ||
end | end | ||
if not is_set(Position) then | |||
if not | |||
local Minutes = A['Minutes']; | local Minutes = A['Minutes']; | ||
local Time = A['Time']; | local Time = A['Time']; | ||
if | if is_set(Minutes) then | ||
if | if is_set (Time) then | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); | ||
end | end | ||
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; | Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; | ||
else | else | ||
if | if is_set(Time) then | ||
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] | local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] | ||
if not | if not is_set(TimeCaption) then | ||
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; | TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; | ||
if sepc ~= '.' then | if sepc ~= '.' then | ||
سطر ٣٬٤٠٨: | سطر ٣٬٢٣٦: | ||
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); | Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); | ||
At = | At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; | ||
Position = | Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; | ||
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then | if config.CitationClass == 'map' then -- TODO copy this line and | ||
local | local Section = A['Section']; -- TODO move this line to c. line 2337 so that separate Sections in aliases{} not required? then unset Chapter? | ||
local Sections = A['Sections']; | |||
local Inset = A['Inset']; | local Inset = A['Inset']; | ||
if | if is_set( Inset ) then | ||
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); | Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set( Sections ) then | ||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); | Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); | ||
elseif | elseif is_set( Section ) then | ||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); | Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٤٢٦: | سطر ٣٬٢٥٥: | ||
end | end | ||
if is_set (Language) then | |||
if | Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc | ||
else | |||
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; | |||
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter | |||
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType | |||
]] | |||
end | end | ||
Others = | |||
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; | |||
if | if is_set (Translators) then | ||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); | Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (Interviewers) then | ||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); | Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); | ||
end | end | ||
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; | |||
if is_set (Edition) then | |||
if | if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then | ||
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d | add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); | ||
end | end | ||
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); | Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); | ||
سطر ٣٬٤٥٥: | سطر ٣٬٢٨٣: | ||
end | end | ||
Series = | Series = is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum | ||
OrigYear = is_set (OrigYear) and wrap_msg ('origyear', OrigYear) or ''; | |||
Agency = | Agency = is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; | ||
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); | Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); | ||
if | ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data | ||
Via = is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; | |||
if is_set(AccessDate) then | |||
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] | local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] | ||
AccessDate = check_date( AccessDate ) | |||
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format | AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format | ||
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case | if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case | ||
AccessDate = | AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text | ||
AccessDate = | AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end | ||
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then | |||
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; | |||
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and | |||
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; | |||
end | end | ||
if "report" == config.CitationClass and | if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set | ||
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set | ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set | ||
end | end | ||
if | ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} ); | ||
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, | |||
if is_set(URL) then | |||
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); | |||
end | end | ||
if is_set(Quote) then | |||
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks | |||
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off | |||
if | |||
end | end | ||
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags | |||
Quote = | PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set | ||
end | |||
local Archived | |||
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then | |||
local arch_text; | |||
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then | |||
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); | |||
else | |||
ArchiveDate = check_date( ArchiveDate ) | |||
else | |||
end | end | ||
if "live" == UrlStatus then | if "live" == UrlStatus then | ||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; | arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; | ||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | ||
Archived = sepc .. " " . | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-live'], | ||
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); | { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); | ||
if not | if not is_set (OriginalURL) then | ||
Archived = Archived .. " " .. | Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' | ||
if | if in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then | ||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; | arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; | ||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | ||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled | Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled | ||
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then | if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then | ||
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added | |||
else | else | ||
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added | |||
end | end | ||
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' | else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' | ||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; | arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; | ||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | ||
Archived = sepc .. " " . | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, | ||
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], | { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled | ||
end | end | ||
else -- OriginalUrl not set | else -- OriginalUrl not set | ||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; | arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; | ||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | ||
Archived = sepc .. " " . | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, | ||
{ | { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then | ||
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message | Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message | ||
else | else | ||
سطر ٣٬٥٨٨: | سطر ٣٬٣٦٩: | ||
local Lay = ''; | local Lay = ''; | ||
if is_set(LayURL) then | |||
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end | |||
if is_set(LaySource) then | |||
LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; | |||
if | |||
if | |||
if | |||
LaySource = " – ''" . | |||
else | else | ||
LaySource = ""; | LaySource = ""; | ||
سطر ٣٬٦٠٤: | سطر ٣٬٣٨١: | ||
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate | Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= | ||
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message | Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message | ||
end | end | ||
if is_set(Transcript) then | |||
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then | |||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); | |||
if | |||
if | |||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, | |||
end | end | ||
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; | Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; | ||
elseif | elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then | ||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, | Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); | ||
end | end | ||
local Publisher; | local Publisher; | ||
if | if is_set(PublicationDate) then | ||
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); | PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set(PublisherName) then | ||
if | if is_set(PublicationPlace) then | ||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | ||
else | else | ||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then | ||
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; | Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; | ||
else | else | ||
سطر ٣٬٦٣٨: | سطر ٣٬٤١٠: | ||
end | end | ||
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. | -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. | ||
if ( | if (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or is_set (TransPeriodical)) then | ||
if | if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then | ||
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical | Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical); | ||
else | else | ||
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical | Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٦٦٥: | سطر ٣٬٤٢٥: | ||
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only | if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only | ||
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation | TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation | ||
if | if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter | ||
if | if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set | ||
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering | Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٦٧٩: | سطر ٣٬٤٣٩: | ||
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set | local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set | ||
if | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then | ||
if | if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? | ||
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); | tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); | ||
elseif | elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites | ||
if | if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc | ||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 | ||
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | ||
سطر ٣٬٦٩١: | سطر ٣٬٤٥١: | ||
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map | elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map | ||
if | if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter | ||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | ||
elseif | elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical | ||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | ||
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map | else -- a sheet or stand-alone map | ||
سطر ٣٬٧١٣: | سطر ٣٬٤٧٣: | ||
end | end | ||
local idcommon; | local idcommon; | ||
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript | if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript | ||
سطر ٣٬٧٢٥: | سطر ٣٬٤٨٣: | ||
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; | local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; | ||
if is_set(Date) then | |||
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set | |||
if | Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses | ||
if | |||
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. | |||
else -- neither of authors and editors set | else -- neither of authors and editors set | ||
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then | if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc | ||
Date = " " .. Date .. | Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc | ||
else | else | ||
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. | Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set(Authors) then | ||
if (not | if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination | ||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set(Editors) then | ||
local in_text = " "; | local in_text = " "; | ||
local post_text = ""; | local post_text = ""; | ||
if | if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then | ||
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " | in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " | ||
if (sepc ~= '.') then | if (sepc ~= '.') then | ||
سطر ٣٬٧٥٨: | سطر ٣٬٥١٤: | ||
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc | ||
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; | local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; | ||
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 | if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 | ||
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here | Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here | ||
if | if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated | ||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | ||
end | end | ||
if (not | if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination | ||
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٧٧٢: | سطر ٣٬٥٢٨: | ||
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | ||
end | end | ||
elseif | elseif is_set(Editors) then | ||
if | if is_set(Date) then | ||
if EditorCount <= 1 then | if EditorCount <= 1 then | ||
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; | Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; | ||
سطر ٣٬٧٨٨: | سطر ٣٬٥٤٤: | ||
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
else | else | ||
if | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then | ||
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); | text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
else | else | ||
سطر ٣٬٧٩٥: | سطر ٣٬٥٥١: | ||
end | end | ||
if | if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then | ||
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. | text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. | ||
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1); | text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); | ||
end | end | ||
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); | text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); | ||
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element | -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element | ||
local options = {}; | local options = {}; | ||
if | if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then | ||
options.class = | options.class = config.CitationClass; | ||
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= | |||
else | else | ||
options.class = | options.class = "citation"; | ||
end | end | ||
if is_set(Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then | |||
if | |||
local id = Ref | local id = Ref | ||
local namelist = {}; | if ('harv' == Ref ) then | ||
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list | |||
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation | |||
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list | |||
namelist = c; -- select it | |||
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list | |||
namelist = a; | |||
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list | |||
namelist = e; | |||
end | |||
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist | |||
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor | |||
else | |||
id = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
options.id = id; | options.id = id; | ||
end | end | ||
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other | if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains | ||
z.error_categories = {}; | z.error_categories = {}; | ||
text = | text = set_error('empty_citation'); | ||
z.message_tail = {}; | z.message_tail = {}; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٨٥٢: | سطر ٣٬٥٩٨: | ||
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation | local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation | ||
if | if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set | ||
else | else | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases | ||
end | end | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation | ||
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then | if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then | ||
table.insert (render, ' '); | table.insert (render, ' '); | ||
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do | for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do | ||
if | if is_set(v[1]) then | ||
if i == #z.message_tail then | if i == #z.message_tail then | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); | ||
else | else | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٨٧٩: | سطر ٣٬٦٢٥: | ||
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name | table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name | ||
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text | table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text | ||
table.insert (maint, | table.insert (maint, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link | ||
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it | table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it | ||
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table | table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table | ||
end | end | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save | ||
end | end | ||
if not no_tracking_cats then | if not no_tracking_cats then | ||
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do | for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); | ||
end | end | ||
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories | for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); | ||
end | end | ||
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories | for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories | ||
table.insert (render, | table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٩١٣: | سطر ٣٬٦٥٩: | ||
]] | ]] | ||
local function validate (name, cite_class | local function validate (name, cite_class) | ||
local name = tostring (name); | local name = tostring (name); | ||
local state; | local state; | ||
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values | local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values | ||
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter | ||
if false == state then | if false == state then | ||
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported | ||
return true; | return true; | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٩٣٥: | سطر ٣٬٦٧٥: | ||
end | end | ||
if | if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates | ||
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; | state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; | ||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | ||
سطر ٣٬٩٤٣: | سطر ٣٬٦٨٣: | ||
-- limited enumerated parameters list | -- limited enumerated parameters list | ||
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) | |||
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ | state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name]; | ||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | ||
سطر ٣٬٩٥٠: | سطر ٣٬٦٩٠: | ||
end -- end limited parameter-set templates | end -- end limited parameter-set templates | ||
if | if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list | ||
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class | state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class | ||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | ||
سطر ٣٬٩٥٩: | سطر ٣٬٦٩٩: | ||
-- all enumerated parameters allowed | -- all enumerated parameters allowed | ||
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) | |||
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ | state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name]; | ||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | ||
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil | return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٣٬٩٩٤: | سطر ٣٬٧١١: | ||
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal | Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal | ||
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a | sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a | ||
parameter that is missing its pipe | parameter that is missing its pipe: | ||
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} | {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} | ||
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with | cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html | ||
tags are removed before the search. | tags are removed before the search. | ||
سطر ٤٬٠٠٦: | سطر ٣٬٧٢٣: | ||
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) | local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) | ||
local capture; | local capture; | ||
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove | value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc | ||
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes | capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes | ||
if capture and validate (capture) then | if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { | table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_pipe',parameter)}); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٤٬٠٢٢: | سطر ٣٬٧٣٩: | ||
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) | local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) | ||
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then | if cfg.punct_skip[param] then | ||
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done | return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done | ||
سطر ٤٬٠٣٢: | سطر ٣٬٧٤٤: | ||
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then | if value:match ('[,;:]$') then | ||
add_maint_cat ('extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٤٬٠٤٤: | سطر ٣٬٧٥٦: | ||
local function citation(frame) | local function citation(frame) | ||
Frame = frame; -- save a copy | Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode | ||
local pframe = frame:getParent() | local pframe = frame:getParent() | ||
local styles; | local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; | ||
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? | if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? | ||
سطر ٤٬٠٦٥: | سطر ٣٬٧٧٧: | ||
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); | metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); | ||
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; | styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; | ||
end | end | ||
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the | utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables | ||
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | ||
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module | validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module | ||
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | ||
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation | |||
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; | |||
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; | |||
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; | |||
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; | |||
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |||
in_array = utilities.in_array; | |||
substitute = utilities.substitute; | |||
error_comment = utilities.error_comment; | |||
set_error = utilities.set_error; | |||
select_one = utilities.select_one; | |||
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; | |||
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; | |||
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; | |||
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; | |||
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; | |||
strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup; | |||
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | ||
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers | |||
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; | |||
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; | |||
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; | |||
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS | |||
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; | |||
COinS = metadata.COinS; | |||
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments | local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments | ||
سطر ٤٬٠٧٩: | سطر ٣٬٨٢٠: | ||
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} | local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} | ||
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do | for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do | ||
config[k] = v; | config[k] = v; | ||
args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} | |||
end -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} | |||
for kk, vv in pairs( pframe.args ) do | |||
if vv ~= '' then | |||
config[kk] = vv; | |||
args[kk] = vv; | |||
end -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} | |||
end | end | ||
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns | local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns | ||
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do | |||
for k, v in pairs( | |||
if v ~= '' then | if v ~= '' then | ||
if ('string' == type (k)) then | --if ('string' == type (k)) then | ||
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 | --k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 | ||
end | --end | ||
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then | if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then | ||
error_text = ""; | error_text = ""; | ||
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then | if type( k ) ~= 'string' then | ||
-- | -- Exclude empty numbered parameters | ||
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then | if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then | ||
error_text, error_state = | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); | ||
end | end | ||
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then | elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then | ||
error_text, error_state = | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter | ||
else | else | ||
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it | if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it | ||
سطر ٤٬١١٠: | سطر ٣٬٨٥٥: | ||
end | end | ||
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter | for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter | ||
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no | capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match | ||
if capture then -- if the pattern matches | if capture then -- if the pattern matches | ||
param = | param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) | ||
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) | if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) | ||
error_text, error_state = | error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message | ||
else | else | ||
error_text, error_state = | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template | ||
v = ''; -- unset | v = ''; -- unset | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
if not | if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? | ||
if | if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then | ||
error_text, error_state = | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); | ||
else | else | ||
error_text, error_state = | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); | ||
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) | v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) | ||
end | end | ||
سطر ٤٬١٣٤: | سطر ٣٬٨٧٩: | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? | |||
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation? | |||
args[k] = v; | |||
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string | |||
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this? we don't support 'empty' parameters | |||
end | |||
-- | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
for k, v in pairs( args ) do | for k, v in pairs( args ) do | ||
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters | if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters | ||
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for | has_invisible_chars (k, v); | ||
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
return table.concat ({ | return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); | ||
end | end | ||
مراجعة ١٠:٣٥، ٢٠ نوفمبر ٢٠٢١
يمكن إنشاء صفحة توثيق الوحدة في وحدة:Citation/CS1/شرح
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local languagescode = require('وحدة:Citation/CS1/lang') -- to change language name from en,fr to arabic . local fetchName = require('وحدة:لغات').getname -- to fix language name. local check_date = require('وحدة:Citation/CS1/dates').check_date -- to change dates format to arabic date local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink, strip_apostrophe_markup; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?[%a%-]*', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like urls '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and tld '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a url is a url end end for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '[', [']'] = ']', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return table.concat ({base_url, error_str}); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script --name = fetchName( lang, "al" ) or cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize name = fetchName( lang, "al" ) if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >---------------------------------------- makes a wikisource url from wikisource interwiki link. returns the url and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the url end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the url end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable url ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper url or nil and a label or nil end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-------------------------------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta- parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) local periodical_error = ''; if not is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; periodical_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical .. periodical_error; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource url and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then -- v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] == 'none' then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A - B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set (str) then return str; end str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else return str; -- nothing to do, we're done end str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace html numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters else item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space end end item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions f.gsub=string.gsub f.match=string.match f.sub=string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub f.match=mw.ustring.match f.sub=mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin character']); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space lastauthoramp = nil; -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("—",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if is_set (person.link) then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end table.insert (text, one) table.insert (text, sep_one) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >------------------------------------------------ Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) if is_set (name) then if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters add_maint_cat ('numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. returns nothing ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local _, count; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {first_alias, first_alias:gsub('first', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup if first then link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name. Some language names have multiple entries under different codes: Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct) return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code end local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both ietf-like codes and iso 639-like codes local ietf_name; local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 == code:len() or 3 == code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name, code; -- so return the name and the code end ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an ietf-like code and save its name ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code end end -- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if ietf-like code found return return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap if name then -- there was a remapped code so if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private ietf tag lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip ietf tags from code end else lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any ietf-like tags from code lang = languagescode[lang:lower()] or lang if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code name = fetchName( lang:lower(), "al"); -- This code add by [[user:Mr. Ibrahem]] to fix language name. end end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator']) -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-separator'], 1, code-1); -- concatenate all but last name = table.concat ({name, language_list[code]}, cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator']); -- concatenate last with final separator end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings At en.wiki, for cs1: ps gets: '.' sep gets: '.' ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation end return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings At en.wiki, for cs2: ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation) sep gets: ',' ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >-------------------------------------------- Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_name', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam or '', "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val) if not is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array (value, possible) then return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end if 'podcast' == cite_class and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine if is_set (volume) then if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase roman numerals vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or roman numerals and longer than 4 characters vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold add_prop_cat ('long_vol'); else -- four or less characters vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwikilink as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki link to and external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for wikisource interwikilinks; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if is_set (page) then if is_set (pages) or is_set(at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws url from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif is_set (pages) then if is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws url from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws url from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors mis-use location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value add_maint_cat ('location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListFormat'], A:ORIGIN('NameListFormat'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-format'], ''); local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewer_etal; local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers; -- used later interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local contributor_etal; local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; -- TODO: move to after chapter use if A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') ... to set Contribution; this to remove duplicate in aliases list if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if is_set (Others) then if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= add_maint_cat ('others'); end end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- TODO: insert test, assignment, and then unset Chapter when |section= in cite map; test is at c. line 3220 local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL -- TODO: mailinglist should be removed from Periodical alias list; Periodical should be assigned value from |mailinglist= here wh local Periodical = A['Periodical']; -- cite mailinglist or citation and |mailinglist=; error check for duplicate work params (Periodical already set) local Periodical_origin = ''; if is_set (Periodical) then Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local i; Periodical, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)}); end end -- TODO: mailinglist assignment here? iff Periodical not set; err msg else; see TODO c. line 2607 local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)}); end end local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (Periodical) then if not in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (Periodical) and in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals' is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals' Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if is_set (PublisherName) then local i=0; PublisherName, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)}); end end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parmeter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup local error_text = set_error ('parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true); if is_set (error_text) then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } ); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not is_set(A['MapURL']) and is_set(MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_list = extract_ids( args ); if is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list['DOI'] then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))}); end local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list ); local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local df if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref = A['Ref']; if 'harv' == Ref then add_maint_cat ('ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value elseif not is_set (Ref) then Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally end sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At); local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); if is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL') ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end elseif is_set (Chapter) then -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then -- TODO: move this to Periodical assignment; see TODOs at c. line 2360 Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == Periodical_origin then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, ['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty'); end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if cfg.keywords_xlate[Title] == 'none' and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [Periodical_origin] = Periodical, [PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Encyclopedia), ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal end EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapterOrigin; else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapterOrigin, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. TODO: add support for non-English versions of 'Archived copy' when used on other-language wikis if is_set (ArchiveURL) and (mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) or -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title) mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'])) then -- local-wiki's form add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup: Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup else if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making wikisource urls? if not is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif is_set (TitleLink) and not is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; else Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else local ws_url, ws_label; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws url from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tool tip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then -- TODO copy this line and local Section = A['Section']; -- TODO move this line to c. line 2337 so that separate Sections in aliases{} not required? then unset Chapter? local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum OrigYear = is_set (OrigYear) and wrap_msg ('origyear', OrigYear) or ''; Agency = is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data Via = is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = check_date( AccessDate ) AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} ); if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); else ArchiveDate = check_date( ArchiveDate ) end if "live" == UrlStatus then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-live'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set (OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else -- OriginalUrl not set arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical); end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")"; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, ' '); for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if is_set(v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); else table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); end end end end if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text table.insert (maint, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class) local name = tostring (name); local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_pipe',parameter)}); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] local function citation(frame) Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode local pframe = frame:getParent() local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do config[k] = v; args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for kk, vv in pairs( pframe.args ) do if vv ~= '' then config[kk] = vv; args[kk] = vv; end -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if v ~= '' then --if ('string' == type (k)) then --k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 --end if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? -- TODO: is this the best place for this translation? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string args[k] = v; -- why do we do this? we don't support 'empty' parameters end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return {citation = citation};